blob: 685485d035b862f515bf8f30ff03f37ac4ea4a1f [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar130cbfc2021-04-07 21:07:20 +02001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 8.2. Last change: 2021 Apr 02
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
3513. Highlight command |:highlight|
3614. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3715. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3816. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
3917. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4018. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4119. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000042
43{Vi does not have any of these commands}
44
45Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
46disabled at compile time.
47
48==============================================================================
491. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
50
51 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
52This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
53
54 :syntax enable
55
56What this command actually does is to execute the command >
57 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
58
59If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
60the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
61fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
62directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010063are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
64"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010065This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
66will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000067
68 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010069The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
70This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000071after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
72defaults, use: >
73 :syntax on
74<
75 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
76If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
77with: >
78 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
79For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
80For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
81
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010082NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000083The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010084file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000085automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
86
87NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
88of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000089reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000090used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000091highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000092
93 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
94 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
95
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000096NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000097foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
98
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +020099 *g:syntax_on*
100You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
101 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000102
103To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200104 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000105 \ syntax off <Bar>
106 \ else <Bar>
107 \ syntax enable <Bar>
108 \ endif <CR>
109[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
110
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000111Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000112The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
113this works, look in the file:
114 command file ~
115 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
116 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
118 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
119Also see |syntax-loading|.
120
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100121NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
122makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
123
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000124==============================================================================
1252. Syntax files *:syn-files*
126
127The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
128a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
129name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
130a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
131Examples:
132 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
133 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
134
135The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
136the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
137language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
138for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
139 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
140
141The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
142 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
143 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
144These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
145
146
147MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
148
149When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
150automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
151
1521. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
153 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
154 mkdir ~/.vim
155
1562. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
157 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
158
1593. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
160 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
161 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
162
163Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
164 :set syntax=mine
165You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
166
167If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
168
169If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
170to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
171
172
173ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
174
175If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
176add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
177
1781. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
179
1802. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
181 mkdir ~/.vim/after
182 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
183
1843. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
185 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
186 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
187
1884. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
189 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
190 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
191
192That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
193different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
194
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000195If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
196All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
197 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
199
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000200
201REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
202
203If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
204version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
205that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200206Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
207b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000208
209
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100210NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
211
212A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
213thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
214A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
215
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000216The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters, digits
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +0100217and the underscore. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_]*". However, Vim does not give
218an error when using other characters.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000219
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100220To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000221be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
222These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
223you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
224
225 *Comment any comment
226
227 *Constant any constant
228 String a string constant: "this is a string"
229 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
230 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
231 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
232 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
233
234 *Identifier any variable name
235 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
236
237 *Statement any statement
238 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
239 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
240 Label case, default, etc.
241 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
242 Keyword any other keyword
243 Exception try, catch, throw
244
245 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
246 Include preprocessor #include
247 Define preprocessor #define
248 Macro same as Define
249 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
250
251 *Type int, long, char, etc.
252 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
253 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
254 Typedef A typedef
255
256 *Special any special symbol
257 SpecialChar special character in a constant
258 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
259 Delimiter character that needs attention
260 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
261 Debug debugging statements
262
263 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
264
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200265 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000266
267 *Error any erroneous construct
268
269 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
270 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
271
272The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
273For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
274The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
275highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
276after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
277
278Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
279can be used for the same group.
280
281The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
282 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
283
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200284 *hl-Ignore*
285When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
286mechanism. See |conceal|.
287
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000288==============================================================================
2893. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
290
291This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
292issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
293located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
294
295":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
296
297 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
298 |
299 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
300 |
301 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
302 | |
303 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
304 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
305 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
306 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
307 | | set yet.
308 | |
309 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
310 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
311 | |
312 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
313 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
314 |
315 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
316 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
317 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
318 | |
319 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
320 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
321 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
322 | |
323 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
324 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
325 | | *synload-4*
326 | |
327 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
328 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
329 | |
330 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
331 |
332 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
333 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
334 |
335 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
336 already loaded buffer.
337
338
339Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
340
341 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
342 |
343 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
344 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
345 | option is set to the file type.
346 |
347 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
348 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
349 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
350 | |
351 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
352 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
353 | |
354 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
355 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
356 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
357 |
358 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
359 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
360 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
361 |
362 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
363 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
364 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
365 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
366 |
367 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
368 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
369 syntax.
370
371==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003724. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000373
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003742html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200375window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000376
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200377After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
378colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
379|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
380or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200381|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
382in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200383
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000384You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
385Source the script to convert the current file: >
386
387 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
388<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200389Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
390options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
391the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
392|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000393
394Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200395- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000396- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200397- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100398 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
399 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000400
401Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
402Unix shell: >
403 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
404<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200405 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
406To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
407command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
408and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
409
410 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
411 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
412 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
413<
414 *:TOhtml*
415:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
416 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200417 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
418 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
419 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
420 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200421
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200422 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
423 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
424 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
425 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
426 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
427 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
428 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
429 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200430
431 Examples: >
432
433 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
434 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
435 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
436<
437 *g:html_diff_one_file*
438Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200439When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
440page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4411, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200442Example: >
443
444 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
445<
446 *g:html_whole_filler*
447Default: 0.
448When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
449is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
450of inserted lines.
451When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
452not set.
453>
454 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
455<
456 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
457Default: 0.
458When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4592html.vim conversion process.
460When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
461but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
462files it can take a long time!
463Example: >
464
465 let g:html_no_progress = 1
466<
467You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
468run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
469moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
470
471 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
472<
473Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
474need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
475conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
476script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
477specifying each command separately.
478
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100479 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
480When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
481as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
482current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
483have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
484differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
485your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
486
487 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
488<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200489 *g:html_number_lines*
490Default: current 'number' setting.
491When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
492When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
493highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
494Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
495 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
496Force to omit the line numbers: >
497 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
498Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
499 :unlet g:html_number_lines
500<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200501 *g:html_line_ids*
502Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
503When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
504inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
505takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
506pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
507view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200508(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200509javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
510For example: >
511
512 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
513 page.html#123 does the same
514
515 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
516 diff.html#42 does the same
517<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200518 *g:html_use_css*
519Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100520When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
521browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200522When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
523recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
524forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
525Example: >
526 :let g:html_use_css = 0
527<
528 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
529Default: 0.
530When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
531from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
532value of 'conceallevel'.
533When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
534|conceal|ed.
535
536Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
537included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
538 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
539 :setl conceallevel=0
540<
541 *g:html_ignore_folding*
542Default: 0.
543When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
544Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
545the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
546When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
547text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
548
549Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
550in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
551 zR
552 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
553<
554 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
555Default: 0.
556When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
557When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
558in Vim.
559
560Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
561regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
562
563This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
564>
565 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
566<
567 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
568Default: 0.
569When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
570Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
571open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
572'foldcolumn' setting.
573When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
574folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
575>
576 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
577<
578 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
579Default: empty string.
580This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
581when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
582for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
583line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
584affected in this way as follows:
585 f: fold column
586 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
587 t: fold text
588 d: diff filler
589
590Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
591 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
592<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100593The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
594of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
595
596 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
597Default: "fallback"
598If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
599
600When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
601uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
602selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
603pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
604invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
605Note: this method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
606browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
607
608When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
609older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
610<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
611to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
612number of browsers, both old and new.
613
614When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
615generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
616Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
617the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
618standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200619
620 *g:html_no_invalid*
621Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100622When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
623not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
624element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
625in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
626paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
627invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
628<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
629remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200630
631 *g:html_hover_unfold*
632Default: 0.
633When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
634|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
635When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
636cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
637disabled javascript to view the folded text.
638
639Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
640feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
641normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
642they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
643>
644 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
645<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200646 *g:html_id_expr*
647Default: ""
648Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
649to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
650longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
651evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
652so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
653larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
654
655 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_".bufnr("%")'
656<
657To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
658
659 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
660<
661Note, when converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
662evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
663windows.
664
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200665 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
666Default: current 'wrap' setting.
667When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
668not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
669When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
670used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
671window.
672Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
673 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
674Explicitly disable wrapping: >
675 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
676Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
677 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
678<
679 *g:html_no_pre*
680Default: 0.
681When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
682tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
683characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
684When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
685used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
686references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
687text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
688old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
689the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
690>
691 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
692<
693 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100694Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
695 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
696 1 otherwise.
697When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200698number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100699When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200700are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
701allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
702the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
703indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
704
705Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
706 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
707<
708Force tabs to be expanded: >
709 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
710<
711 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
712It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
713|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
714
715If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
716for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
717'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
718set to match the chosen document encoding.
719
720Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
721|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
722wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
723encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
724below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
725
726Note, by default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
727the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
728
729 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
730 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
731
732 *g:html_use_encoding*
733Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
734To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
735name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
736something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
737webserver: >
738 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
739You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
740entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
741 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
742To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
743variable: >
744 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
745<
746 *g:html_encoding_override*
747Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
748 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
749This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
750specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
751list of conversions.
752
753This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
754pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
755
756Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
757 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
758<
759 *g:html_charset_override*
760Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
761 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
762 browser support.
763This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
764'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
765use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
766TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
767and UTF-32 instead, use: >
768 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
769
770Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
771compatibility problems with some major browsers.
772
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200773 *g:html_font*
774Default: "monospace"
775You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
776g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
777surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
778item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
779way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
780result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
781Examples: >
782
783 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
784 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
785
786 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
787 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
788<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200789 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
790Default: 0.
791When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
792When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
793>
794 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
795<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100796==============================================================================
7975. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
798
799 *b:current_syntax-variable*
800Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
801"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
802settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
803 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
804 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
805 :au BufReadPost * endif
806
807
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000808
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000809ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000810
811ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
812any value to the respective variable. Example: >
813 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
814To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
815 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
816
817Variable Highlight ~
818abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
819abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
820
821
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000822ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000823
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000824See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000825
826
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000827ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000828
829The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000830by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000831by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000832and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000833
834 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
835
836will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
837
838 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
839 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
840 ]]></script>
841
842See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
843
844
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000845APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000846
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100847The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
848version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000849
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000850
851 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000852ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
853 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000854
855Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
856doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
857startup vimrc: >
858 :let filetype_i = "asm"
859Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
860
861There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
862extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
863line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
864files are included:
865 asm GNU assembly (the default)
866 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
867 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
868 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
869 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
870 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
871 nasm Netwide assembly
872 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
873 MMX)
874 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
875
876The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100877 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000878Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100879one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200880immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
881equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
882between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
883particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
884highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000885
886The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
887b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000888 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000889
890If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
891the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
892language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000893 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000894
895As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
896
897
898Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
899
900To enable a feature: >
901 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
902To disable a feature: >
903 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
904
905Variable Highlight ~
906nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
907 (parser dependent; not recommended)
908nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
909nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
910
911
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000912ASPPERL and ASPVBS *ft-aspperl-syntax* *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000913
914*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
915hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
916using. For Perl script use: >
917 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
918 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
919For Visual Basic use: >
920 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
921 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
922
923
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000924BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000925
926The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV upto SSA ERP LN
927for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
928are supported.
929
930Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
931in ones |.vimrc|: >
932 let baan_code_stds=1
933
934*baan-folding*
935
936Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
937mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
938source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
939
940To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
941 let baan_fold=1
942Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
943indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
944considered equal to a tab). >
945 let baan_fold_block=1
946Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000947SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000948match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
949 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000950Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000951the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
952.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
953 set foldminlines=5
954 set foldnestmax=6
955
956
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000957BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000958
959Both Visual Basic and "normal" basic use the extension ".bas". To detect
960which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
961five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
962otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
963Basic.
964
965
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000966C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000967
968A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100969(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000970 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100971 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
972To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000973 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100974Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000975
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +0100976An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
977 :set filetype=cpp
978
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000979Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +0200980*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
981*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
982*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
983*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
984*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
985*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
986*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +0000987 except { and } in first column
Bram Moolenaar09521312016-08-12 22:54:35 +0200988 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
989 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100990*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
991 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +0200992*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
993*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
994*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
995*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
996*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200997 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +0200998*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
999*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1000*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1001*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
1002*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001003
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001004When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1005become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1006 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001007"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1008 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001009
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001010If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1011when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1012to a larger number: >
1013 :let c_minlines = 100
1014This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1015displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1016disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1017
1018When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1019works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1020you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1021
1022To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1023Example: >
1024 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1025 :function MyCadd()
1026 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1027 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1028 : hi link cMyItem Title
1029 :endfun
1030
1031ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1032"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1033not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1034highlighting: >
1035 :hi link cConstant NONE
1036
1037If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1038highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1039
1040If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001041in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001042~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001043 syn sync fromstart
1044 set foldmethod=syntax
1045
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001046CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001047
1048C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1049the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1050
1051By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1052of C or C++: >
1053 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1054
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001055
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001056CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001057
1058Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1059that are available. Additionally there is:
1060
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001061chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1062chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1063chill_minlines like c_minlines
1064
1065
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001066CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001067
1068ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1069If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1070 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1071This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1072"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1073file).
1074
1075You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1076 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1077Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1078 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1079This works immediately.
1080
1081
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001082CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1083
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001084The default syntax groups can be augmented through the
1085*g:clojure_syntax_keywords* and *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* variables. The
1086value should be a |Dictionary| of syntax group names to a |List| of custom
1087identifiers:
1088>
1089 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
1090 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1091 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
1092 \ }
1093<
1094Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1095
1096If the |buffer-variable| *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* is set, only
1097language constants and special forms are matched.
1098
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001099Setting *g:clojure_fold* enables folding Clojure code via the syntax engine.
1100Any list, vector, or map that extends over more than one line can be folded
1101using the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1102
1103Please note that this option does not work with scripts that redefine the
1104bracket syntax regions, such as rainbow-parentheses plugins.
1105
1106This option is off by default.
1107>
1108 " Default
1109 let g:clojure_fold = 0
1110<
1111
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001112COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001113
1114COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1115development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1116versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1117add this line to your .vimrc: >
1118 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1119To disable it again, use this: >
1120 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1121
1122
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001123COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001124
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001125The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001126comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1127
1128 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1129
1130The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1131
1132
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001133CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1134
1135Most of things are same as |ft-c-syntax|.
1136
1137Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001138cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001139cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001140
1141
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001142CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001143
1144This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1145used.
1146
1147Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1148symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1149between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001150"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1151>
1152 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001153
1154For using tcsh: >
1155
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001156 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001157
1158Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1159tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001160will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001161"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1162variable.
1163
1164
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001165CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001166
1167Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001168hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001169or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001170normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001171line to your .vimrc file: >
1172
1173 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1174
1175Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1176
1177 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1178
1179To disable these again, use this: >
1180
1181 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1182 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1183<
1184
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001185CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001186
1187Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1188doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1189startup vimrc: >
1190 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1191
1192
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001193DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1194
1195Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1196used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1197a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1198from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1199
1200More information about the language and its development environment at the
1201official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1202
1203dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1204type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1205and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1206framework.
1207
1208Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1209
1210https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1211
1212
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001213DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001214
1215Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001216according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001217https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1218To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1219 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1220Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1221To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1222 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1223g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001224
1225
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001226DIFF *diff.vim*
1227
1228The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1229there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1230
1231 :let diff_translations = 0
1232
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001233Also see |diff-slow|.
1234
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001235
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001236DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001237
1238The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1239provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1240the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1241versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1242uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1243line to your startup file: >
1244 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1245
1246
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001247DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001248DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1249DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001250
1251There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1252are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1253automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1254defaults to XML.
1255You can set the type manually: >
1256 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1257or: >
1258 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1259You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1260Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1261 :set filetype=docbksgml
1262or: >
1263 :set filetype=docbkxml
1264
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001265You can specify the DocBook version: >
1266 :let docbk_ver = 3
1267When not set 4 is used.
1268
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001269
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001270DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001271
1272There is one option with highlighting DOS batch files. This covers new
1273extensions to the Command Interpreter introduced with Windows 2000 and
1274is controlled by the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For Windows NT
1275this should have the value 1, and for Windows 2000 it should be 2.
1276Select the version you want with the following line: >
1277
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001278 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001279
1280If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
1281Windows 2000.
1282
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001283A second option covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001284"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1285is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001286
1287 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1288
1289If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1290
1291
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001292DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1293
1294Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001295(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1296idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001297
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001298There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1299explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1300Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001301 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1302or >
1303 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1304
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001305It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1306the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1307adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001308 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1309
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001310There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting, and
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001311are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
1312
1313Variable Default Effect ~
1314g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1315g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1316 doxygen comments.
1317
1318doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1319 and html_my_rendering underline.
1320
1321doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1322 colour highlighting.
1323
1324doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001325 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001326
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001327There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001328configuration.
1329
1330Highlight Effect ~
1331doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1332 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1333doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1334 \endlink from a \link section.
1335
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001336
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001337DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001338
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001339The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001340case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1341
1342 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1343
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001344The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001345this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1346
1347 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1348
1349before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1350Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1351'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1352Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1353highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001354delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001355
1356 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1357
1358The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1359
1360
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001361EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001362
1363While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001364syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1365highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001366highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1367
1368 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1369
1370Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1371
1372Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1373
1374 :let eiffel_strict=1
1375 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1376
1377Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1378five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1379"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1380
1381Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1382guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1383lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1384
1385If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1386"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1387
1388 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1389
1390instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1391
1392Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1393experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1394
1395 :let eiffel_ise=1
1396
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001397Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001398
1399 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1400
1401to your startup file.
1402
1403
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001404EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1405
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001406Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001407version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001408Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1409
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001410Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/) is still necessary
1411for developing applications for the DOS platform, which Euphoria version 4
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001412(http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
1413
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001414The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1415
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001416 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1417 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1418
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001419To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001420auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1421add the following line to your startup file: >
1422
1423 :let filetype_euphoria="euphoria3"
1424
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001425 or
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001426
1427 :let filetype_euphoria="euphoria4"
1428
1429
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001430ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001431
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001432Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001433the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001434
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001435The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1436put the following line in your vimrc: >
1437
1438 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1439
1440To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1441
1442 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001443
1444
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001445FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1446
1447FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package available at http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001448NOTE: this site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
1449development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001450
1451Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1452syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1453editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1454start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1455'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1456(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1457and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1458
1459If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1460move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1461 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1462
1463
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001464FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001465
1466The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1467modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001468following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001469J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1470
1471If you want include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
1472redefine the following syntax groups:
1473
1474 - formConditional
1475 - formNumber
1476 - formStatement
1477 - formHeaderStatement
1478 - formComment
1479 - formPreProc
1480 - formDirective
1481 - formType
1482 - formString
1483
1484Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1485directives per default in the same syntax group.
1486
1487A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001488header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001489this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1490
1491 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1492
1493The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001494gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001495conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1496
1497
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001498FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001499
1500Default highlighting and dialect ~
Bram Moolenaar6ee8d892012-01-10 14:55:01 +01001501Highlighting appropriate for Fortran 2008 is used by default. This choice
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001502should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran 2008 is
1503almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2003, 95, 90, and 77).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001504
1505Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001506Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001507syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1508
1509When you create a new fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001510form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001511 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001512in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed source
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001513form, then >
1514 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1515in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1516
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001517If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1518extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1519file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1520will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1521on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001522
1523When you edit an existing fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
1524source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001525fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001526neither of these variables have been set, the syntax script attempts to
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001527determine which source form has been used by examining the file extension
1528using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and PathScale
1529compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08 for
1530free-source). If none of this works, then the script examines the first five
1531columns of the first 500 lines of your file. If no signs of free source form
1532are detected, then the file is assumed to be in fixed source form. The
1533algorithm should work in the vast majority of cases. In some cases, such as a
1534file that begins with 500 or more full-line comments, the script may
1535incorrectly decide that the fortran code is in fixed form. If that happens,
1536just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five columns
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01001537of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w) and then reload (:e!) the file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001538
1539Tabs in fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001540Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001541fixed format fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001542Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
1543using tabs. If your fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001544variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1545 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001546placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001547mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1548
1549Syntax folding of fortran files ~
1550If you wish to use foldmethod=syntax, then you must first set the variable
1551fortran_fold with a command such as >
1552 :let fortran_fold=1
1553to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1554is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001555subprograms, block data subprograms, interface blocks, and modules. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001556also set the variable fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
1557 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
1558then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, and select
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001559case constructs. If you also set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001560fortran_fold_multilinecomments with a command such as >
1561 :let fortran_fold_multilinecomments=1
1562then fold regions will also be defined for three or more consecutive comment
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001563lines. Note that defining fold regions can be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001564
1565If fortran_fold, and possibly fortran_fold_conditionals and/or
1566fortran_fold_multilinecomments, have been set, then vim will fold your file if
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001567you set foldmethod=syntax. Comments or blank lines placed between two program
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001568units are not folded because they are seen as not belonging to any program
1569unit.
1570
1571More precise fortran syntax ~
1572If you set the variable fortran_more_precise with a command such as >
1573 :let fortran_more_precise=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001574then the syntax coloring will be more precise but slower. In particular,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001575statement labels used in do, goto and arithmetic if statements will be
1576recognized, as will construct names at the end of a do, if, select or forall
1577construct.
1578
1579Non-default fortran dialects ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001580The syntax script supports two Fortran dialects: f08 and F. You will probably
1581find the default highlighting (f08) satisfactory. A few legacy constructs
1582deleted or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard are highlighted as todo
1583items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001584
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001585If you use F, the advantage of setting the dialect appropriately is that
1586other legacy features excluded from F will be highlighted as todo items and
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001587that free source form will be assumed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001588
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001589The dialect can be selected in various ways. If all your fortran files use
1590the same dialect, set the global variable fortran_dialect in your .vimrc prior
1591to your syntax on statement. The case-sensitive, permissible values of
1592fortran_dialect are "f08" or "F". Invalid values of fortran_dialect are
1593ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001594
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001595If the dialect depends upon the file extension, then it is most convenient to
1596set a buffer-local variable in a ftplugin file. For more information on
1597ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. For example, if all your fortran files with
1598an .f90 extension are written in the F subset, your ftplugin file should
1599contain the code >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001600 let s:extfname = expand("%:e")
1601 if s:extfname ==? "f90"
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001602 let b:fortran_dialect="F"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001603 else
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001604 unlet! b:fortran_dialect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001605 endif
1606Note that this will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command
1607precedes the "syntax on" command in your .vimrc file.
1608
1609Finer control is necessary if the file extension does not uniquely identify
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001610the dialect. You can override the default dialect, on a file-by-file basis,
1611by including a comment with the directive "fortran_dialect=xx" (where xx=F or
1612f08) in one of the first three lines in your file. For example, your older .f
1613files may be legacy code but your newer ones may be F codes, and you would
1614identify the latter by including in the first three lines of those files a
1615Fortran comment of the form >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001616 ! fortran_dialect=F
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001617
1618For previous versions of the syntax, you may have set fortran_dialect to the
1619now-obsolete values "f77", "f90", "f95", or "elf". Such settings will be
1620silently handled as "f08". Users of "elf" may wish to experiment with "F"
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001621instead.
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001622
1623The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1624comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1625non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1626or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001627items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001628
1629Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001630Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1631strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001632because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1633
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001634For further information related to fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
1635|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001636
1637
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001638FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001639
1640In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1641the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1642appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1643patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1644number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1645
1646For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1647as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1648
1649 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1650 \ set filetype=fvwm
1651
1652If you'd like Vim to highlight all valid color names, tell it where to
1653find the color database (rgb.txt) on your system. Do this by setting
1654"rgb_file" to its location. Assuming your color database is located
1655in /usr/X11/lib/X11/, you should add the line >
1656
1657 :let rgb_file = "/usr/X11/lib/X11/rgb.txt"
1658
1659to your .vimrc file.
1660
1661
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001662GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001663
1664The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1665the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1666is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1667are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1668
1669 htmlString
1670 htmlValue
1671 htmlEndTag
1672 htmlTag
1673 htmlTagN
1674
1675Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1676java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1677group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1678correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1679to the contains clause.
1680
1681The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1682group to make them easier to see.
1683
1684
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001685GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001686
1687The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001688under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001689of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1690filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1691(see |filetype.txt|).
1692
1693
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001694HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001695
1696The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001697Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001698syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1699
1700If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1701light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1702 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1703To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1704add: >
1705 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1706To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1707 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1708And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1709 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1710If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1711your .vimrc: >
1712 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1713
1714The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1715directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001716directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1717operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001718as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1719 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1720
1721The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1722automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1723TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001724or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001725in your .vimrc >
1726 :let lhs_markup = none
1727for no highlighting at all, or >
1728 :let lhs_markup = tex
1729to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1730For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1731this variable, so e.g. >
1732 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001733will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001734set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1735loading a file.
1736
1737
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001738HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001739
1740The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1741
1742The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1743This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001744closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1745are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001746
1747Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1748names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1749makes it easy to spot errors
1750
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001751Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001752names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1753
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001754Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001755are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1756text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1757while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001758only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001759<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001760
1761If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1762following syntax groups:
1763
1764 - htmlBold
1765 - htmlBoldUnderline
1766 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1767 - htmlUnderline
1768 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1769 - htmlItalic
1770 - htmlTitle for titles
1771 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1772
1773To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1774of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1775following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1776are read during initialization) >
1777 :let html_my_rendering=1
1778
1779If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1780http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1781
1782You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1783vimrc file: >
1784 :let html_no_rendering=1
1785
1786HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1787details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1788However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001789ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001790 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1791
1792JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1793'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001794programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are currently
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001795supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
1796
1797Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1798
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001799There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1800written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001801following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1802(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001803>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001804 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1805 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1806
1807Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1808the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1809
1810
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001811HTML/OS (by Aestiva) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001812
1813The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1814
1815Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1816doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1817this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1818different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1819 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1820
1821Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1822
1823Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1824signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1825a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1826 :set syntax=htmlos
1827
1828Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1829block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1830
1831
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001832IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001833
1834Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1835how to recognize this filetype.
1836
1837To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1838 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1839
1840
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001841INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001842
1843Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1844most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1845to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1846 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1847
1848By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1849and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1850you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1851need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1852 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1853
1854This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1855set of highlighted system functions.
1856
1857The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
1858it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
1859by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
1860startup sequence: >
1861 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
1862
1863By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
1864version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
1865Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
1866startup sequence: >
1867 :let inform_highlight_old=1
1868
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001869IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
1870
1871IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
1872Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
1873
1874IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
1875rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001876repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001877
1878There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
1879are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
1880
1881The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
1882
1883Variable Effect ~
1884
1885idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
1886 extensions
1887idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
1888idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
1889 quite helpful)
1890idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
1891
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001892
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001893JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001894
1895The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options:
1896
1897In Java 1.0.2 it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
1898flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1 this is possible (with anonymous
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001899classes), and therefore is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001900way, put the following line into your vim startup file: >
1901 :let java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors=1
1902
1903All identifiers in java.lang.* are always visible in all classes. To
1904highlight them use: >
1905 :let java_highlight_java_lang_ids=1
1906
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001907You can also highlight identifiers of most standard Java packages if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001908download the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html.
1909If you prefer to only highlight identifiers of a certain package, say java.io
1910use the following: >
1911 :let java_highlight_java_io=1
1912Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
1913
1914Function names are not highlighted, as the way to find functions depends on
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001915how you write Java code. The syntax file knows two possible ways to highlight
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001916functions:
1917
1918If you write function declarations that are always indented by either
1919a tab, 8 spaces or 2 spaces you may want to set >
1920 :let java_highlight_functions="indent"
1921However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and classes are
1922supposed to be named (with respect to upper and lowercase), use >
1923 :let java_highlight_functions="style"
1924If both options do not work for you, but you would still want function
1925declarations to be highlighted create your own definitions by changing the
1926definitions in java.vim or by creating your own java.vim which includes the
1927original one and then adds the code to highlight functions.
1928
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001929In Java 1.1 the functions System.out.println() and System.err.println() should
Bram Moolenaared203462004-06-16 11:19:22 +00001930only be used for debugging. Therefore it is possible to highlight debugging
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001931statements differently. To do this you must add the following definition in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001932your startup file: >
1933 :let java_highlight_debug=1
1934The result will be that those statements are highlighted as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001935characters. If you prefer to have them highlighted differently you must define
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001936new highlightings for the following groups.:
1937 Debug, DebugSpecial, DebugString, DebugBoolean, DebugType
1938which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001939strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively. I
Bram Moolenaar2547aa92020-07-26 17:00:44 +02001940have opted to choose another background for those statements.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001941
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001942Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
1943creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
1944similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add Javascript
1945and CSS inside this code (see below). There are four differences however:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001946 1. The title (all characters up to the first '.' which is followed by
1947 some white space or up to the first '@') is colored differently (to change
1948 the color change the group CommentTitle).
1949 2. The text is colored as 'Comment'.
1950 3. HTML comments are colored as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001951 4. The special Javadoc tags (@see, @param, ...) are highlighted as specials
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001952 and the argument (for @see, @param, @exception) as Function.
1953To turn this feature off add the following line to your startup file: >
1954 :let java_ignore_javadoc=1
1955
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001956If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above you
1957can also turn on special highlighting for Javascript, visual basic
1958scripts and embedded CSS (stylesheets). This makes only sense if you
1959actually have Javadoc comments that include either Javascript or embedded
1960CSS. The options to use are >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001961 :let java_javascript=1
1962 :let java_css=1
1963 :let java_vb=1
1964
1965In order to highlight nested parens with different colors define colors
1966for javaParen, javaParen1 and javaParen2, for example with >
1967 :hi link javaParen Comment
1968or >
1969 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
1970
1971If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1972when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "java_minlines" internal variable
1973to a larger number: >
1974 :let java_minlines = 50
1975This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
1976displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
1977number is that redrawing can become slow.
1978
1979
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02001980JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax*
1981
1982The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
1983default. To disable concealment: >
1984 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
1985
1986To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
1987 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
1988
1989
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001990LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001991
1992Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
1993style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
1994define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
1995 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
1996
1997
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001998LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001999
2000Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2001gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2002 :syn sync minlines=300
2003may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2004difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2005
2006
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002007LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2008
2009To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2010
2011 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2012<
2013
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002014LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2015
2016The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2017
2018 g:lisp_instring : if it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
2019 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2020 Useful for AutoLisp.
2021 g:lisp_rainbow : if it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
2022 of parenthesization will receive different
2023 highlighting.
2024<
2025The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2026the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2027colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2028specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002029usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002030highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2031
2032
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002033LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002034
2035There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2036
2037If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2038
2039 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2040
2041For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2042set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2043
2044 :let lite_minlines = 200
2045
2046
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002047LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002048
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002049LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002050file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2051users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2052should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2053
2054 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2055
2056If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
2057modeline. For a LPC file:
2058
2059 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2060
2061For a C file that is recognized as LPC:
2062
2063 // vim:set ft=c:
2064
2065If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2066
2067There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002068used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002069and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002070assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002071you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2072
2073 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2074
2075For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2076
2077 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2078
2079For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2080
2081 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2082
2083For uLPC series of LPC:
2084uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2085instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2086
2087
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002088LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002089
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002090The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002091the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2092lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +010020935.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this:
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002094
2095 :let lua_version = 5
2096 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002097
2098
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002099MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002100
2101Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002102quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002103signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2104whitespaces and end with a newline.
2105
2106Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002107as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002108only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2109
2110By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002111displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002112with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2113
2114 :let mail_minlines = 30
2115
2116
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002117MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002118
2119In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2120errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2121feature off by using: >
2122
2123 :let make_no_commands = 1
2124
2125
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002126MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002127
2128Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2129supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2130The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2131highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2132
2133 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2134
2135to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2136choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
21371, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2138$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2139
2140 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2141 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2142 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2143 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2144 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2145 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2146 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2147 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2148 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2149
2150
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002151MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002152
2153Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2154have the following in your .vimrc: >
2155
2156 let filetype_m = "mma"
2157
2158
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002159MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002160
2161If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2162highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2163comments: >
2164
2165 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2166
2167To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2168
2169 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2170
2171To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2172'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2173
2174 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2175
2176Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2177
2178 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2179
2180To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2181
2182 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2183
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002184Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002185use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2186To enable this option: >
2187
2188 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2189
2190An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2191
2192 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2193
2194
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002195MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002196
2197There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2198
2199If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2200
2201 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2202
2203For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2204set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2205
2206 :let msql_minlines = 200
2207
2208
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002209N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2210
2211N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2212Couchbase Server databases.
2213
2214Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2215and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2216many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2217
2218
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002219NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002220
2221There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2222
2223If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2224errors, use this: >
2225
2226 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2227
2228If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2229
2230
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002231NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002232
2233The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2234activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2235can use them.
2236
2237For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002238processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002239features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2240|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002241
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002242 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002243
2244Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2245Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2246there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002247you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002248can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2249native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2250\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2251accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2252environments.
2253
2254In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2255follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2256
22571. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2258
22592. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2260 exclamation mark, etc.
2261
22623. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2263 carriage return.
2264
2265The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2266algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2267
2268Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2269furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2270vertical space input will be output as is.
2271
2272Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2273than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2274practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002275marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002276need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002277spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2278
2279 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2280
2281Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2282with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2283highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002284"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002285
2286 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2287 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2288 \ gui=reverse,bold
2289
2290If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2291with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2292file: >
2293
2294 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2295
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002296As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002297paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2298
2299Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2300groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2301
2302
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002303OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002304
2305The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2306.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2307
2308 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2309
2310you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2311by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2312
2313 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2314
2315prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2316contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2317
2318
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002319PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002320
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002321The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002322and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002323as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2324sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002325you set the variable: >
2326
2327 :let papp_include_html=1
2328
2329in your startup file it will try to syntax-hilight html code inside phtml
2330sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002331edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002332
2333The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2334http://papp.plan9.de.
2335
2336
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002337PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002338
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002339Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2340could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2341or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002342
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002343 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2344 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002345
2346The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2347provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002348Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002349enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2350following line to your startup file: >
2351
2352 :let pascal_traditional=1
2353
2354To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2355keywords, etc): >
2356
2357 :let pascal_delphi=1
2358
2359
2360The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2361*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2362operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2363
2364 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2365
2366Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2367
2368 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2369
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002370Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002371pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2372match Turbo Pascal. >
2373
2374 :let pascal_gpc=1
2375
2376or >
2377
2378 :let pascal_fpc=1
2379
2380To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2381pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2382
2383 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2384
2385If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2386will be highlighted as Error. >
2387
2388 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2389
2390
2391
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002392PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002393
2394There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2395
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002396Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2397to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2398files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002399
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002400 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002401
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002402To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002403off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002404
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002405To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2406from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002407
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002408 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002409
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002410(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2411enabled it.)
2412
2413If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2414
2415 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2416
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002417(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002418
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002419The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will be
2420highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002421perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2422
2423 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2424 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2425 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2426
2427(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2428
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002429The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002430synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2431If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002432then you should try and switch off one of those. Let me know if you can figure
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002433out the line that causes the mistake.
2434
2435One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2436
2437 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2438 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2439
2440Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2441its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2442
2443 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2444
2445If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2446
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002447 :let perl_fold = 1
2448
2449If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2450
2451 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002452
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002453Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2454this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002455
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002456 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002457
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002458Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2459via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002460
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002461 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2462
2463Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2464behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2465
2466 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002467
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002468PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002469
2470[note: previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
2471it has been renamed to "php"]
2472
2473There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2474
2475If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2476
2477 let php_sql_query = 1
2478
2479For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2480
2481 let php_baselib = 1
2482
2483Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2484
2485 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2486
2487Using the old colorstyle: >
2488
2489 let php_oldStyle = 1
2490
2491Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2492
2493 let php_asp_tags = 1
2494
2495Disable short tags: >
2496
2497 let php_noShortTags = 1
2498
2499For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2500
2501 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2502
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002503For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002504one: >
2505
2506 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2507
2508Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2509
2510 let php_folding = 1
2511
2512Selecting syncing method: >
2513
2514 let php_sync_method = x
2515
2516x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2517x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2518x = 0 to sync from start.
2519
2520
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002521PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2522
2523TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2524variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002525see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002526
2527This syntax file has the option >
2528
2529 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2530
2531if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2532
2533
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002534PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002535
2536PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2537
2538This syntax file has the options:
2539
2540- ppwiz_highlight_defs : determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002541 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002542
2543 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002544 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002545
2546 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : preprocessor #define and #evaluate
2547 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
2548 continuation symbols
2549
2550 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2551
2552- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2553 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2554
2555
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002556PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002557
2558There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2559
2560If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2561
2562 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2563
2564For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2565set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2566
2567 :let phtml_minlines = 200
2568
2569
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002570POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002571
2572There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
2573
2574First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
2575currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
2576and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
2577Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
2578extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
2579level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
2580highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
2581
2582 :let postscr_level=2
2583
2584If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
2585the most prevalent version currently.
2586
2587Note, not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
2588particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
2589PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
2590
2591If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
2592Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
2593follows: >
2594
2595 :let postscr_display=1
2596
2597If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
2598Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
2599postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
2600
2601 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
2602
2603PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
2604useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
2605cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
2606character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
2607explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
2608highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
2609
2610 :let postscr_fonts=1
2611 :let postscr_encodings=1
2612
2613There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
2614PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
2615operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
2616if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
2617operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
2618or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
2619highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
2620postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
2621
2622 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
2623<
2624
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002625 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
2626PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002627
2628This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
2629
2630In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
2631the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
2632appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
2633patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
2634"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
2635
2636For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
2637files, add the following: >
2638
2639 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
2640 \ set filetype=ptcap
2641
2642If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
2643are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
2644internal variable to a larger number: >
2645
2646 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
2647
2648(The default is 20 lines.)
2649
2650
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002651PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002652
2653Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
2654doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
2655startup vimrc: >
2656 :let filetype_w = "progress"
2657The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
2658Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
2659 :let filetype_i = "progress"
2660 :let filetype_p = "progress"
2661
2662
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002663PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002664
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002665There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002666
2667For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002668 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002669
2670For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002671 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002672
2673For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002674 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
2675
2676For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
2677 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
2678or >
2679 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
2680(first option implies second one).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002681
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02002682For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002683 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002684
2685If you want all possible Python highlighting (the same as setting the
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002686preceding last option and unsetting all other ones): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002687 :let python_highlight_all = 1
2688
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002689Note: only existence of these options matter, not their value. You can replace
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002690 1 above with anything.
2691
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002692QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002693
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002694The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
2695based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
2696between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
2697definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
2698to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
2699be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002700
2701set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
2702 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
2703
2704set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
2705 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
2706
2707set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
2708 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
2709
2710Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
2711commands than are actually available to you by the game.
2712
2713
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02002714R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
2715
2716The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
2717can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
2718 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
2719
2720You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
2721 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
2722
2723enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
2724braces: >
2725 let r_syntax_folding = 1
2726
2727and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
2728 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
2729
2730
2731R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
2732
2733To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
2734 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
2735
2736To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
2737 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
2738
2739To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
2740 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2741
2742By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
2743language. If you want proper syntax highlighting of chunks of other languages,
2744you should add them to either `markdown_fenced_languages` or
2745`rmd_fenced_languages`. For example to properly highlight both R and Python,
2746you may add this to your |vimrc|: >
2747 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
2748
2749
2750R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
2751
2752To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
2753 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2754
2755
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002756READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002757
2758The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002759few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002760items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
2761command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
2762 let readline_has_bash = 1
2763
2764This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
2765later, and part earlier) adds.
2766
2767
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01002768REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
2769
2770Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
2771language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
2772the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
2773
2774
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002775RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
2776
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002777Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
2778select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
2779syntax list.
2780
2781To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002782 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002783
2784To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
2785`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
2786 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002787 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
2788 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002789 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002790 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002791
2792To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
2793 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
2794
2795To enable folding of sections: >
2796 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
2797
2798Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
2799
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002800
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002801REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002802
2803If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2804when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
2805to a larger number: >
2806 :let rexx_minlines = 50
2807This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2808displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2809number is that redrawing can become slow.
2810
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02002811Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
2812comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
2813your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
2814>
2815 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
2816
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002817
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002818RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002819
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002820 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
2821 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
2822 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
2823 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
2824 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
2825
2826 *ruby_operators*
2827 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
2828
2829Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
2830
2831 :let ruby_operators = 1
2832<
2833 *ruby_space_errors*
2834 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
2835
2836Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
2837
2838 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
2839<
2840This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
2841as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
2842"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
2843spaces respectively.
2844
2845 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
2846 Ruby: Folding ~
2847
2848Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
2849
2850 :let ruby_fold = 1
2851<
2852This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
2853buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
2854filetypes.
2855
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002856Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
2857"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
2858
2859You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
2860
2861 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
2862<
2863The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
2864
2865 keyword meaning ~
2866 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
2867 ALL Most block syntax (default)
2868 NONE Nothing
2869 if "if" or "unless" block
2870 def "def" block
2871 class "class" block
2872 module "module" block
2873 do "do" block
2874 begin "begin" block
2875 case "case" block
2876 for "for", "while", "until" loops
2877 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
2878 [ Array literal
2879 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
2880 / Regexp
2881 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
2882 : Symbol
2883 # Multiline comment
2884 << Here documents
2885 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
2886
2887 *ruby_no_expensive*
2888 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002889
2890By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00002891of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002892experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
2893you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00002894
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002895 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002896<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002897In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
2898
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002899 *ruby_minlines*
2900
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002901If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
2902scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
2903the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00002904
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002905 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002906<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002907Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
2908largest class or module.
2909
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002910 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
2911 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00002912
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002913Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
2914"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002915
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002916 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002917<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00002918
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002919SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00002920
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01002921By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00002922
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01002923scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
2924Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00002925
2926
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002927SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002928
2929The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
2930of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
2931
2932The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
2933case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002934used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002935highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
2936 :let sdl_2000=1
2937
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002938This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002939keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
2940 :let SDL_no_96=1
2941
2942
2943The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
2944satisfied with it for my own projects.
2945
2946
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002947SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002948
2949To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
2950highlighting on the tabs), define "highlight_sedtabs" by putting >
2951
2952 :let highlight_sedtabs = 1
2953
2954in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
2955inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
2956by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
2957also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
2958you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
2959
2960Bugs:
2961
2962 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
2963 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
2964 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
2965 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
2966 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
2967 each plausible pattern delimiter).
2968
2969
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002970SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002971
2972The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
2973
2974The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
2975This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
2976closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
2977defined for you)
2978
2979Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
2980names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
2981
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002982Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002983names are colored differently than unknown ones.
2984
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002985Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002986are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
2987text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
2988<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
2989
2990If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
2991following syntax groups:
2992
2993 - sgmlBold
2994 - sgmlBoldItalic
2995 - sgmlUnderline
2996 - sgmlItalic
2997 - sgmlLink for links
2998
2999To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3000following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3001are read during initialization) >
3002 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3003
3004You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3005vimrc file: >
3006 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3007
3008(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3009
3010
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003011 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003012SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003013
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003014This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3015shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003016
3017Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003018various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003019
3020 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3021 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3022<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003023See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3024cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3025/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3026that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3027shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3028symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003029
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003030One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003031variables in your <.vimrc>:
3032
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003033 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003034 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003035< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003036 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003037< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003038 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003039< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003040 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003041
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003042< (dash users should use posix)
3043
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003044If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3045default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003046the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3047statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003048sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003049
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003050The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3051
3052 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3053 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3054 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3055 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003056>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003057then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003058syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3059to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003060
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003061 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3062
3063If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3064when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003065to a larger number. Example: >
3066
3067 let sh_minlines = 500
3068
3069This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3070displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3071number is that redrawing can become slow.
3072
3073If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3074reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3075
3076 let sh_maxlines = 100
3077<
3078The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3079speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3080
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003081syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
3082extra ']'s, 'done's, 'fi's, etc. If you find the error handling problematic
3083for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3084the following line in your .vimrc: >
3085
3086 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3087<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003088
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003089 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3090 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003091
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003092You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3093Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3094file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3095
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003096 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003097 " ==============
3098 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3099 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3100 unlet b:current_syntax
3101 endif
3102 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3103 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3104 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3105 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3106 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3107<
3108This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3109 awk '...awk code here...'
3110be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3111extended to other languages.
3112
3113
3114SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3115(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003116
3117The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3118
3119- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3120 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3121 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3122
3123- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3124 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003125 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003126 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3127 them in the syntax file.
3128
3129- oneline_comments : this value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
3130 highlighting of # style comments.
3131
3132 oneline_comments = 1 : allow normal Speedup code after an even
3133 number of #s.
3134
3135 oneline_comments = 2 : show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003136 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003137
3138 oneline_comments = 3 : show the whole line as error if it contains
3139 more than one #.
3140
3141Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003142PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003143fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3144the syntax file.
3145
3146
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003147SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3148 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003149 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003150
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003151While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3152custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3153SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003154
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003155Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3156scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3157supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3158buffer by buffer basis.
3159
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003160For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003161
3162
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003163TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003164
3165This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3166for how the filetype is detected.
3167
3168Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003169is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist add
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003170this line to your .vimrc: >
3171
3172 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3173
3174If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3175when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3176to a larger number: >
3177
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003178 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003179
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003180This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3181displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3182synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3183tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3184redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003185
3186
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003187TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003188 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003189
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003190 Tex Contents~
3191 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3192 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3193 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3194 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3195 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3196 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3197 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3198 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3199 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3200 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3201 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3202 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3203 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003204 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003205 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003206
3207 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003208 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003209
3210As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3211sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3212 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3213in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3214modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3215 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003216If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003217 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003218<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003219 *g:tex_nospell*
3220 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3221
3222If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3223 let g:tex_nospell=1
3224into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3225comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3226
3227 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003228 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003229
3230Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3231prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3232this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3233 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003234If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3235see |g:tex_nospell|.
3236
3237 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003238 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003239
3240Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3241one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3242want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3243 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003244<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003245 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003246 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003247
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003248The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3249highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3250texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3251terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3252as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003253special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3254 %stopzone
3255which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3256texMathZone.
3257
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003258 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003259 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003260
3261If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3262 :syn sync maxlines=200
3263 :syn sync minlines=50
3264(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003265increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003266if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3267
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003268Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3269|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3270
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003271 *g:tex_fast*
3272
3273Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3274
3275 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3276
3277in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3278highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3279synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3280price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3281folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3282
3283You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3284selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3285
3286 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3287 c : allow texComment syntax
3288 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3289 M : allow texMath syntax
3290 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3291 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3292 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3293 S : allow texStyle syntax
3294 v : allow verbatim syntax
3295 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3296<
3297As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3298but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003299(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003300
3301 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003302 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003303
3304LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3305of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3306package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3307it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3308techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003309by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3310which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3311http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003312
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003313I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3314
3315 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3316<
3317The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3318
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003319 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003320 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003321
3322The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3323although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3324errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3325you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003326 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003327and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003328
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003329 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003330 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003331
3332If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3333code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003334 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3335You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3336(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3337As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3338 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3339You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3340and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3341The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3342has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003343
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003344 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003345 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003346
3347One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3348commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3349following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3350such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3351
3352 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3353 :set ft=tex
3354
3355Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3356always accept such use of @.
3357
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003358 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003359 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003360
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003361If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3362number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3363including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3364superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3365superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3366In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3367
3368One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3369with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003370
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003371 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003372 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3373
3374You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003375<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3376for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003377
3378 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003379 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003380 d = delimiters
3381 m = math symbols
3382 g = Greek
3383 s = superscripts/subscripts
3384<
3385By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3386substitution will not be made.
3387
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003388 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3389 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3390
3391Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3392keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3393syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3394
3395 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3396 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3397 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003398 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003399 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3400 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3401 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003402 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003403
3404 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3405 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3406
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003407 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3408 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3409
3410 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3411
3412 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3413 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3414
3415 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3416 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3417 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3418 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3419
3420 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3421 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3422<
3423 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3424 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3425 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3426< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3427 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3428
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003429 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3430 Tex: Match Check Control~
3431
3432 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
3433 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10] is a range from but
3434 not including 1 to and including 10}. This wish, of course, conflicts
3435 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3436 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3437 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3438< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3439 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3440 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3441< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3442 regions, >
3443 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3444< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003445
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003446TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003447
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003448There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3449
3450For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3451set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3452
3453 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3454<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003455VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3456 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003457There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003458updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3459g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3460improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003461
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003462 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3463 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3464<
3465 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3466 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003467
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003468 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3469The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3470embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003471
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003472 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
3473 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded lua
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003474 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded mzscheme
3475 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded perl
3476 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded python
3477 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded ruby
3478 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003479<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003480By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
3481itself supports. Concatenate multiple characters to support multiple types
3482of embedded interpreters; ie. g:vimsyn_embed= "mp" supports embedded mzscheme
3483and embedded perl.
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003484 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003485
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003486Some folding is now supported with syntax/vim.vim: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003487
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003488 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
3489 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
3490 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003491 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold lua script
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003492 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold mzscheme script
3493 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold perl script
3494 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold python script
3495 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold ruby script
3496 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold tcl script
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003497<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003498 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01003499Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
3500is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003501highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003502
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003503 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
3504<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003505
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003506
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003507XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003508
3509The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3510variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3511You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3512xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3513your .vimrc. Example: >
3514 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3515When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3516
3517Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3518"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3519highlighted.
3520
3521
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003522XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003523
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003524Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003525setting a global variable: >
3526
3527 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3528<
3529 *xml-folding*
3530The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003531start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003532
3533 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3534 :set foldmethod=syntax
3535
3536Note: syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
3537especially for large files.
3538
3539
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003540X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003541
3542xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
3543XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
3544you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
3545
3546To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
3547somewhere else with "P".
3548
3549Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
3550 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00003551 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003552 : echo c
3553 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r".c
3554 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r".c
3555 :endfunction
3556 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
3557 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
3558This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
3559It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
3560must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
3561
3562It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
3563 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
3564
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003565
3566YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
3567
3568 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003569A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
3570non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
3571plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
3572and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
3573integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003574will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
3575
3576Schema Description ~
3577failsafe No additional highlighting.
3578json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
3579core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003580pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
3581 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
3582 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003583 schema.
3584
3585Default schema is `core`.
3586
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003587Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
3588only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003589difference defined in the syntax file.
3590
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01003591
3592ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
3593
3594The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
3595
3596 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
3597
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003598==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010035996. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003600
3601Vim understands three types of syntax items:
3602
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000036031. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003604 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the 'iskeyword'
3605 option. It cannot contain other syntax items. It will only match with a
3606 complete word (there are no keyword characters before or after the match).
3607 The keyword "if" would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because
3608 "(" is not a keyword character and "d" is.
3609
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000036102. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003611 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
3612
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000036133. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003614 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
3615 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
3616 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
3617
3618Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
3619you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
3620to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
3621and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
3622"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
3623one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
3624This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
3625each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
3626for a lot of groups.
3627
3628Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
3629group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
3630for the syntax group with the same name.
3631
3632In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
3633defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
3634using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
3635match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
3636keyword with ignoring case.
3637
3638
3639PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
3640
3641When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
3642
36431. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
3644 defined last has priority.
36452. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
36463. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
3647 start in later positions.
3648
3649
3650DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
3651
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003652:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003653 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
3654 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
3655 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
3656 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
3657
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003658:sy[ntax] case
3659 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore" (translated).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003660
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003661
3662DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
3663
3664:sy[ntax] foldlevel [start | minimum]
3665 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
3666 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
3667
3668 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
3669 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
3670
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003671 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003672 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
3673 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
3674 may close and open horizontally within a line.
3675
3676:sy[ntax] foldlevel
3677 Show either "syntax foldlevel start" or "syntax foldlevel minimum".
3678
3679 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
3680
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003681SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
3682
3683:sy[ntax] spell [toplevel | notoplevel | default]
3684 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
3685 in a syntax item:
3686
3687 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
3688 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
3689 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
3690
3691 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
3692 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
3693 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
3694
3695 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
3696
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003697:sy[ntax] spell
3698 Show either "syntax spell toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or
3699 "syntax spell default" (translated).
3700
3701
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003702SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
3703
3704:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
3705 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
3706 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
3707
3708 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
3709 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003710 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003711
3712 Example: >
3713 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
3714<
3715 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
3716 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
3717 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
3718
3719 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
3720
3721 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01003722 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003723 match.
3724
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02003725 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
3726 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003727 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003728
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003729DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
3730
3731:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
3732
3733 This defines a number of keywords.
3734
3735 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
3736 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3737 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
3738
3739 Example: >
3740 :syntax keyword Type int long char
3741<
3742 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
3743 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
3744 These examples do exactly the same: >
3745 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
3746 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
3747 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02003748< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003749 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
3750 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
3751 variations at once: >
3752 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
3753<
3754 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
3755 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
3756 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
3757 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
3758 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003759 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003760
3761 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
3762 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
3763 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
3764
3765 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
3766 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
3767 instead.
3768
3769 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
3770
3771 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
3772 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
3773 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003774 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003775 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
3776 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
3777< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
3778 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
3779 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
3780
3781
3782DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
3783
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003784:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
3785 [excludenl]
3786 [keepend]
3787 {pattern}
3788 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003789
3790 This defines one match.
3791
3792 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3793 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3794 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3795 extend a containing match or region. Must be
3796 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003797 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
3798 match with the end pattern. See
3799 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003800 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
3801 See |:syn-pattern| below.
3802 Note that the pattern may match more than one
3803 line, which makes the match depend on where
3804 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
3805 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
3806
3807 Example (match a character constant): >
3808 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
3809<
3810
3811DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
3812 *E398* *E399*
3813:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
3814 [matchgroup={group-name}]
3815 [keepend]
3816 [extend]
3817 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003818 start={start-pattern} ..
3819 [skip={skip-pattern}]
3820 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003821 [{options}]
3822
3823 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
3824
3825 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3826 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3827 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
3828 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
3829 for the text in between the matched start and
3830 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
3831 a different group for the start or end match.
3832 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
3833 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
3834 match with the end pattern. See
3835 |:syn-keepend|.
3836 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003837 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003838 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3839 extend a containing match or item. Only
3840 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
3841 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003842 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003843 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003844 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003845 the region where not to look for the end
3846 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003847 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003848 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
3849
3850 Example: >
3851 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
3852<
3853 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
3854 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
3855 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
3856 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
3857 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
3858 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
3859
3860 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
3861 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
3862 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
3863 the end patterns.
3864
3865 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
3866 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
3867 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
3868
3869 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
3870 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
3871 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
3872 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
3873
3874 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
3875 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
3876 work: >
3877 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
3878 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
3879< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
3880 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
3881 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
3882 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
3883 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
3884< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
3885 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
3886
3887 *:syn-keepend*
3888 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
3889 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
3890 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
3891 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
3892 { starts outer "{}" region
3893 { starts contained "{}" region
3894 } ends contained "{}" region
3895 } ends outer "{} region
3896 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
3897 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
3898 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
3899 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
3900 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
3901 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
3902 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
3903< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
3904 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
3905
3906 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
3907 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
3908 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
3909 contained matches.
3910 *:syn-extend*
3911 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
3912 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
3913 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
3914 extended.
3915 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
3916 others don't. Example: >
3917
3918 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
3919 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
3920 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
3921
3922< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
3923 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
3924 item does extend the htmlRef item.
3925
3926 Another example: >
3927 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
3928< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
3929 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
3930 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
3931 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
3932 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
3933
3934 *:syn-excludenl*
3935 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
3936 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
3937 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
3938 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
3939 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
3940 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
3941 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
3942 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
3943 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
3944 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
3945 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
3946 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
3947 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
3948
3949 *:syn-matchgroup*
3950 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
3951 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
3952 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
3953< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
3954 between with the "String" group.
3955 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
3956 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
3957 using a matchgroup.
3958
3959 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
3960 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
3961 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
3962 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
3963 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
3964
3965 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
3966 different colors: >
3967 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
3968 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
3969 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
3970 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
3971 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
3972 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02003973<
3974 *E849*
3975The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003976
3977==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010039787. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003979
3980The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
3981The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
3982and may be mixed with patterns.
3983
3984Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
3985can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02003986 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02003987 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
3988:syntax keyword - - - - - -
3989:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
3990:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003991
3992These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02003993 conceal
3994 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003995 contained
3996 containedin
3997 nextgroup
3998 transparent
3999 skipwhite
4000 skipnl
4001 skipempty
4002
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004003conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4004
4005When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004006Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004007'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4008concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4009edit the line.
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02004010Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004011
4012concealends *:syn-concealends*
4013
4014When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4015the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4016Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4017'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
4018in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup"
4019
4020cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004021 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004022The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4023when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4024argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004025character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4026a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004027 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004028See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004029
4030contained *:syn-contained*
4031
4032When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4033the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4034another match. Example: >
4035 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4036 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4037
4038
4039display *:syn-display*
4040
4041If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4042detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4043by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4044to be displayed.
4045
4046Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4047conditions:
4048- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4049 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4050 line.
4051- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4052 make it continue on the next line.
4053- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4054 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4055 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4056- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4057 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4058 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4059 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4060
4061Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4062- match with a number
4063- match with a label
4064
4065
4066transparent *:syn-transparent*
4067
4068If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4069itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4070is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4071only to skip over a part of the text.
4072
4073The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4074unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4075avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4076highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4077 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4078 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4079 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4080 :hi link myString String
4081 :hi link myWord Comment
4082Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4083match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4084argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4085it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4086out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
4087"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Constant. This
4088happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4089position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4090
4091When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4092items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4093see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4094through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4095
4096 look from here
4097
4098 | | | | | |
4099 V V V V V V
4100
4101 xxxx yyy more contained items
4102 .................... contained item (transparent)
4103 ============================= first item
4104
4105The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4106transparent group.
4107
4108What you see is:
4109
4110 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4111
4112Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4113
4114
4115oneline *:syn-oneline*
4116
4117The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4118boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4119region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4120the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4121continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4122line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4123
4124When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4125pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4126end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4127means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4128be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4129line break.
4130
4131
4132fold *:syn-fold*
4133
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004134The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004135Example: >
4136 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4137 :syn sync fromstart
4138 :set foldmethod=syntax
4139This will make each {} block form one fold.
4140
4141The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4142ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4143The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004144See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4145from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004146{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4147
4148
4149 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004150contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004151
4152The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4153groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4154containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4155regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4156this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4157here.
4158
4159contains=ALL
4160 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4161 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4162
4163contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4164 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4165 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4166 are listed. Example: >
4167 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4168
4169contains=TOP
4170 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4171 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4172 argument.
4173contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4174 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4175
4176contains=CONTAINED
4177 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4178 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4179 argument.
4180contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4181 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4182 listed.
4183
4184
4185The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4186that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4187The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4188 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4189The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4190that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4191command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4192syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4193the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4194group names.
4195
4196The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4197region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4198|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4199region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4200area that is highlighted
4201
4202
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004203containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004204
4205The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4206item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4207containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4208
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004209The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004210
4211This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4212be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4213of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4214the C syntax: >
4215 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4216Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4217level.
4218
4219Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4220appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4221keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4222work.
4223
4224
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004225nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004226
4227The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4228separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4229
4230If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4231tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4232a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4233will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4234current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4235other groups. Example: >
4236 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4237 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4238 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4239
4240This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4241"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4242highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4243
4244 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4245 fff bbb fff bbb
4246
4247Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4248when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4249highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4250would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4251
4252
4253skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4254skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4255skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4256
4257These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4258used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004259 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004260 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4261 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4262
4263When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4264next group that matches the white space.
4265
4266When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4267line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4268line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4269the current item in the same line.
4270
4271When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4272groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4273for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4274space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4275
4276Example: >
4277 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4278 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4279 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4280Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4281match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4282precedence.
4283Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4284"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4285example).
4286
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004287IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4288
4289:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4290 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4291 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4292 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4293 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4294 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4295 given explicitly.
4296
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004297:sy[ntax] conceal
4298 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off" (translated).
4299
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004300==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010043018. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004302
4303In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4304characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4305use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4306use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4307 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4308 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4309
4310See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004311always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004312value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4313not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4314independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4315
4316Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4317This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4318
4319 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4320The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4321change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4322match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4323are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4324pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4325
4326The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4327The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4328
4329ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4330me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4331hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4332he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4333rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4334re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4335lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4336
4337The {offset} can be:
4338
4339s start of the matched pattern
4340s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4341s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4342e end of the matched pattern
4343e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4344e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004345{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004346
4347Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4348
4349Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4350meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4351
4352 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4353match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4354region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4355region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4356region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4357
4358Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4359 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4360<
4361 some "string" text
4362 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4363
4364Notes:
4365- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4366 offset(s).
4367- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4368- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4369 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004370- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004371 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004372 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004373- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4374 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4375 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4376
4377Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4378 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4379<
4380 /* this is a comment */
4381 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4382
4383A more complicated Example: >
4384 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4385<
4386 abcfoostringbarabc
4387 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004388 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004389
4390Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4391
4392Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4393with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
4394in the pattern.
4395
4396The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4397be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4398cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4399characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4400used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4401specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4402
4403 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4404 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4405 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4406<
4407 ___zzzz ___wwww
4408 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4409 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4410 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4411
4412The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4413unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4414
4415
4416Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4417
4418The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4419expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4420
4421When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4422allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004423following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4424the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004425
4426The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4427continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4428matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4429halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4430previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4431is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4432 x x a
4433 b x x
4434Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4435after the "\n".
4436
4437
4438External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4439
4440These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4441
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004442 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004443 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4444 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4445 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004446
4447 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4448 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4449 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4450 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4451
4452Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4453sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4454shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4455items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4456referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4457example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4458 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4459
4460As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4461it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004462changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004463first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4464also be used in skip patterns: >
4465 :syn region foo start="start \(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
4466
4467Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4468indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4469to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4470Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4471within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4472sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4473the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
4474
4475Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
4476cannot be referred to.
4477
4478==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010044799. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004480
4481:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
4482 [add={group-name}..]
4483 [remove={group-name}..]
4484
4485This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
4486single name.
4487
4488 contains={group-name}..
4489 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
4490 add={group-name}..
4491 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
4492 remove={group-name}..
4493 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
4494
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004495A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
4496nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
4497this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004498
4499Example: >
4500 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
4501 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
4502
4503As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
4504retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
4505to speak: >
4506 :syntax keyword A aaa
4507 :syntax keyword B bbb
4508 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
4509 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
4510 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
4511
4512This also has implications for nested clusters: >
4513 :syntax keyword A aaa
4514 :syntax keyword B bbb
4515 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
4516 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
4517 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
4518 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
4519 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004520<
4521 *E848*
4522The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004523
4524==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100452510. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004526
4527It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
4528a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
4529two different ways:
4530
4531 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4532 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
4533 the |:runtime| command: >
4534
4535 " In cpp.vim:
4536 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
4537 :unlet b:current_syntax
4538
4539< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4540 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
4541 ":syntax include" command:
4542
4543:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
4544
4545 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
4546 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
4547 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
4548 that list. >
4549
4550 " In perl.vim:
4551 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
4552 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
4553<
4554 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
4555 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
4556 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
4557 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
4558 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01004559 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
4560 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004561
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004562 *E847*
4563The maximum number of includes is 999.
4564
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004565==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100456611. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004567
4568Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
4569make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
4570redrawing starts.
4571
4572:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
4573
4574There are four ways to synchronize:
45751. Always parse from the start of the file.
4576 |:syn-sync-first|
45772. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
4578 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
4579 |:syn-sync-second|
45803. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
4581 |:syn-sync-third|
45824. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
4583 |:syn-sync-fourth|
4584
4585 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
4586For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
4587limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
4588
4589If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
4590that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
4591lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
4592
4593If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
4594for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
4595adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
4596slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01004597 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004598<
4599 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
4600When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
4601cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
4602start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
4603the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
4604break use this: >
4605 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
4606The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
4607change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
4608value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
4609
4610
4611First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
4612>
4613 :syntax sync fromstart
4614
4615The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
4616accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
4617so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01004618when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004619case: to the end of the file).
4620
4621Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
4622
4623
4624Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
4625
4626For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
4627Example: >
4628 :syntax sync ccomment
4629
4630When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
4631comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
4632used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
4633An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
4634 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
4635This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
4636used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
4637region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
4638
4639The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
4640lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
4641lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
4642lines, but it hard to sync on).
4643
4644Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
4645that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
4646is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
4647chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
4648is hardly ever noticed.
4649
4650
4651Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
4652
4653For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
4654Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
4655means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
4656Example: >
4657 :syntax sync minlines=50
4658
4659"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
4660
4661
4662Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
4663
4664The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
4665sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
4666region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
4667starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
4668the search continues backwards in the file.
4669
4670This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
4671matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
4672- Keywords cannot be used.
4673- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
4674 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
4675- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
4676 forwards.
4677- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
4678 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
4679 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01004680 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004681- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
4682 group of continued lines).
4683- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
4684 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
4685 line (or group of continued lines).
4686- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
4687 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
4688 This is used when a line can contain both the start end the end of a region
4689 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
4690
4691There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
46921. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
4693 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
4694 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
4695 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
46962. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
4697 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
4698 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
4699 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
4700Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
4701
4702Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
4703avoid finding unwanted matches.
4704
4705[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
4706search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
4707highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
4708faster.]
4709
4710 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
4711 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4712
4713 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
4714 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
4715 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
4716 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
4717 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
4718
4719 *syn-sync-groupthere*
4720 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4721
4722 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
4723 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
4724 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
4725 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
4726 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
4727 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
4728 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
4729 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
4730 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
4731 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
4732
4733 :syntax sync match ..
4734 :syntax sync region ..
4735
4736 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
4737 skipped while searching for a sync point.
4738
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004739 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004740 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
4741
4742 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
4743 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
4744 consider the lines to be concatenated.
4745
4746If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
4747searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
4748few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
4749 :syntax sync maxlines=100
4750
4751You can clear all sync settings with: >
4752 :syntax sync clear
4753
4754You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
4755 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
4756
4757==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100475812. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004759
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00004760This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004761
4762 :sy[ntax] [list]
4763
4764To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
4765
4766 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
4767
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02004768To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004769
4770 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
4771
4772See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
4773
4774Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
4775is mostly used, because it looks better.
4776
4777==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100477813. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004779
4780There are three types of highlight groups:
4781- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
4782 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
4783 linked to a group of the second type.
4784- The ones used for all syntax languages.
4785- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
4786 *hitest.vim*
4787You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
4788 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
4789This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
4790in their own color.
4791
4792 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02004793:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
4794 This is basically the same as >
4795 :echo g:colors_name
4796< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
4797 output "default". When compiled without the |+eval|
4798 feature it will output "unknown".
4799
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004800:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02004801 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004802 is found is loaded.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01004803 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
4804 "start" and then under "opt".
4805
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004806 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004807 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01004808
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02004809 To customize a color scheme use another name, e.g.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01004810 "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02004811 the original color scheme: >
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01004812 runtime colors/evening.vim
4813 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
4814
Bram Moolenaar15142e22018-04-30 22:19:58 +02004815< Before the color scheme will be loaded the
4816 |ColorSchemePre| autocommand event is triggered.
4817 After the color scheme has been loaded the
Bram Moolenaarcfbc5ee2004-07-02 15:38:35 +00004818 |ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02004819 For info about writing a color scheme file: >
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00004820 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004821
4822:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
4823 attributes set.
4824
4825:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
4826 List one highlight group.
4827
4828:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
4829 highlighting for groups added by the user!
4830 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
4831 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02004832 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004833
4834:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
4835:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
4836 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
4837 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
4838
4839:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
4840 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
4841 an existing group.
4842 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
4843 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
4844 argument.
4845
4846Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
4847default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
4848highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
4849values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
4850the default value.
4851
4852A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
4853a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
4854
4855 :hi Comment gui=bold
4856
4857Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
4858specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
4859result is like this single command has been used: >
4860 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
4861<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004862 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00004863When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
4864also tell where it was last set. Example: >
4865 :verbose hi Comment
4866< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004867 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00004868
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00004869When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
4870mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00004871
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004872 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
4873There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
4874term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01004875cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004876 termcap entry)
4877gui the GUI
4878
4879For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
4880the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
4881
48821. highlight arguments for normal terminals
4883
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00004884 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
4885 *inverse* *italic* *standout*
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02004886 *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004887term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
4888 attr-list is a comma separated list (without spaces) of the
4889 following items (in any order):
4890 bold
4891 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00004892 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02004893 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004894 reverse
4895 inverse same as reverse
4896 italic
4897 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02004898 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004899 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
4900
4901 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
4902 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00004903 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02004904 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02004905 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
4906 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
4907 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
4908 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
4909 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
4910
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004911
4912start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
4913stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
4914 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
4915 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
4916
4917 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
4918 is written before the characters in the highlighted
4919 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
4920 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
4921 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
4922 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
4923 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
4924
4925 The {term-list} can have two forms:
4926
4927 1. A string with escape sequences.
4928 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
4929 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
4930 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
4931 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
4932
4933 2. A list of terminal codes.
4934 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
4935 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
4936 White space is not allowed. Example:
4937 start=t_C1,t_BL
4938 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
4939
4940
49412. highlight arguments for color terminals
4942
4943cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
4944 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
4945 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
4946 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
4947 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02004948 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
4949 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
4950 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004951
4952ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
4953ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02004954ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
4955 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
4956 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
4957
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004958 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
4959 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
4960 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
4961 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
4962 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
4963 another color, on others you just get color 3.
4964
4965 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
4966 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
4967 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
4968 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
4969 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
4970
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01004971 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
4972 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
4973 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004974 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
4975 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
4976
4977 *cterm-colors*
4978 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
4979 0 0 Black
4980 1 4 DarkBlue
4981 2 2 DarkGreen
4982 3 6 DarkCyan
4983 4 1 DarkRed
4984 5 5 DarkMagenta
4985 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
4986 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
4987 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
4988 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
4989 10 2* Green, LightGreen
4990 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
4991 12 1* Red, LightRed
4992 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
4993 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
4994 15 7* White
4995
4996 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
4997 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
4998 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
4999 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5000 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5001 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5002 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5003 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5004 a number instead of a color name.
5005
5006 The case of the color names is ignored.
5007 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005008 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that Blue
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005009 is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
5010
5011 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5012 colors!
5013
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005014 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5015
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005016 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5017 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5018 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5019 Example: >
5020 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5021< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005022 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5023 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5024 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5025 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5026 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005027 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005028 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005029 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005030
5031 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5032 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5033 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5034 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005035 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5036 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5037 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5038 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5039 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005040 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5041< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005042 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005043 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5044
5045
50463. highlight arguments for the GUI
5047
5048gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5049 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5050 See |attr-list| for a description.
5051 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5052 have the same effect.
5053 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5054
5055font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5056 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5057 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5058 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5059<
5060 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5061 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5062 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5063 used).
5064 The following only works with Motif and Athena, not with other GUIs:
5065 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5066 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5067 changed.
5068 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5069 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5070 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005071 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5072 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5073 Example: >
5074 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005075
5076guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5077guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005078guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5079 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005080 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5081 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005082 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005083 NONE no color (transparent)
5084 bg use normal background color
5085 background use normal background color
5086 fg use normal foreground color
5087 foreground use normal foreground color
5088 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5089 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5090 Example: >
5091 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5092<
5093 *gui-colors*
5094 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5095 Red LightRed DarkRed
5096 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5097 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5098 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5099 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5100 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5101 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5102 Black White
5103 Orange Purple Violet
5104
5105 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5106 |win32-colors|.
5107
5108 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5109 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5110 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005111 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005112 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005113 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
5114 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
5115<
5116 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5117These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5118'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5119of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5120command.
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005121 *hl-ColorColumn*
5122ColorColumn used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005123 *hl-Conceal*
5124Conceal placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5125 text (see 'conceallevel')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005126 *hl-Cursor*
5127Cursor the character under the cursor
Bram Moolenaarf90b6e02019-05-09 19:26:38 +02005128lCursor the character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5129 is used (see 'guicursor')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005130 *hl-CursorIM*
5131CursorIM like Cursor, but used when in IME mode |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005132 *hl-CursorColumn*
5133CursorColumn the screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is
5134 set
5135 *hl-CursorLine*
5136CursorLine the screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is
5137 set
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005138 *hl-Directory*
5139Directory directory names (and other special names in listings)
5140 *hl-DiffAdd*
5141DiffAdd diff mode: Added line |diff.txt|
5142 *hl-DiffChange*
5143DiffChange diff mode: Changed line |diff.txt|
5144 *hl-DiffDelete*
5145DiffDelete diff mode: Deleted line |diff.txt|
5146 *hl-DiffText*
5147DiffText diff mode: Changed text within a changed line |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005148 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005149EndOfBuffer filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
5150 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005151 *hl-ErrorMsg*
5152ErrorMsg error messages on the command line
5153 *hl-VertSplit*
5154VertSplit the column separating vertically split windows
5155 *hl-Folded*
5156Folded line used for closed folds
5157 *hl-FoldColumn*
5158FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5159 *hl-SignColumn*
5160SignColumn column where |signs| are displayed
5161 *hl-IncSearch*
5162IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
5163 ":s///c"
5164 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005165LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005166 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005167 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5168LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5169 option is set, above the cursor line.
5170 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5171LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5172 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005173 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar410e98a2019-09-09 22:05:49 +02005174CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt' is
5175 set to "number" or "both", or 'relativenumber' is set, for
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01005176 the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005177 *hl-MatchParen*
5178MatchParen The character under the cursor or just before it, if it
5179 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
5180
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005181 *hl-ModeMsg*
5182ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --")
5183 *hl-MoreMsg*
5184MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5185 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005186NonText '@' at the end of the window, characters from 'showbreak'
5187 and other characters that do not really exist in the text
5188 (e.g., ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't
5189 fit at the end of the line).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005190 *hl-Normal*
5191Normal normal text
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005192 *hl-Pmenu*
5193Pmenu Popup menu: normal item.
5194 *hl-PmenuSel*
5195PmenuSel Popup menu: selected item.
5196 *hl-PmenuSbar*
5197PmenuSbar Popup menu: scrollbar.
5198 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5199PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005200 *hl-Question*
5201Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005202 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5203QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005204 *hl-Search*
5205Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005206 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005207 *hl-SpecialKey*
5208SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5209 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
5210 Generally: text that is displayed differently from what it
5211 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005212 *hl-SpellBad*
5213SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5214 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005215 *hl-SpellCap*
5216SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5217 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005218 *hl-SpellLocal*
5219SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5220 used in another region. |spell|
5221 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5222 *hl-SpellRare*
5223SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5224 hardly ever used. |spell|
5225 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005226 *hl-StatusLine*
5227StatusLine status line of current window
5228 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5229StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
5230 Note: if this is equal to "StatusLine" Vim will use "^^^" in
5231 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005232 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
5233StatusLineTerm status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
5234 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
5235StatusLineTermNC status lines of not-current windows that is a |terminal|
5236 window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005237 *hl-TabLine*
5238TabLine tab pages line, not active tab page label
5239 *hl-TabLineFill*
5240TabLineFill tab pages line, where there are no labels
5241 *hl-TabLineSel*
5242TabLineSel tab pages line, active tab page label
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005243 *hl-Terminal*
5244Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005245 *hl-Title*
5246Title titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
5247 *hl-Visual*
5248Visual Visual mode selection
5249 *hl-VisualNOS*
5250VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5251 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5252 *hl-WarningMsg*
5253WarningMsg warning messages
5254 *hl-WildMenu*
5255WildMenu current match in 'wildmenu' completion
5256
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005257 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005258The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005259statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005260
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005261For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005262scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5263Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5264and guifg.
5265
5266 *hl-Menu*
5267Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5268 Also used for the toolbar.
5269 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5270
5271 NOTE: For Motif and Athena the font argument actually
5272 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5273 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5274 set.
5275
5276 *hl-Scrollbar*
5277Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5278 scrollbars.
5279 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5280
5281 *hl-Tooltip*
5282Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5283 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5284
5285 NOTE: For Motif and Athena the font argument actually
5286 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5287 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5288 set.
5289
5290==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100529114. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005292
5293When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5294can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5295group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5296
5297To set a link:
5298
5299 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5300
5301To remove a link:
5302
5303 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5304
5305Notes: *E414*
5306- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5307 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5308- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5309 removed.
5310- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5311 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5312 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5313 links for groups that already have settings.
5314
5315 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5316The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5317group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5318will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5319
5320Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5321specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5322 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5323If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5324 :highlight link cComment Question
5325Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5326overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
5327
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01005328To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
5329highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
5330another color scheme, put a command like this in the
5331"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
5332 highlight! default link cComment Question
5333
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005334==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100533515. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005336
5337If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
5338command: >
5339 :syntax clear
5340
5341This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
5342or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
5343in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
5344load the syntax file.
5345The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
5346loaded after this command.
5347
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02005348To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
5349 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
5350This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
5351
5352To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
5353 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
5354This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
5355
5356 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005357If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
5358the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
5359 :syntax off
5360
5361What this command actually does, is executing the command >
5362 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
5363See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
5364$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
5365
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005366 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
5367If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
5368defaults back: >
5369
5370 :syntax reset
5371
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02005372It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
5373affects the highlighting.
5374
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005375This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
5376
5377Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
5378back to their Vim default.
5379Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
5380scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
5381
5382What this actually does is: >
5383
5384 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
5385 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
5386
5387Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
5388
5389 *syncolor*
5390If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
5391script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
5392'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
5393the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
5394reset" command.
5395
5396For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
5397
5398 if &background == "light"
5399 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
5400 else
5401 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
5402 endif
5403
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00005404 *E679*
5405Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
5406'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
5407endless loop.
5408
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005409Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
5410your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
5411depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
5412
5413 *syntax_cmd*
5414The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
5415syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
5416 "on" ":syntax on" command. Highlight colors are overruled but
5417 links are kept
5418 "enable" ":syntax enable" command. Only define colors for groups that
5419 don't have highlighting yet. Use ":syntax default".
5420 "reset" ":syntax reset" command or loading a color scheme. Define all
5421 the colors.
5422 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
5423 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
5424 them.
5425
5426==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100542716. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005428
5429If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
5430mappings.
5431
5432 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
5433 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
5434>
5435 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
5436 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
5437
5438WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
5439memory Vim will consume.
5440
5441Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
5442must use Exuberant ctags (found at http://ctags.sf.net).
5443
5444Put these lines in your Makefile:
5445
5446# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Exuberant ctags and awk
5447types: types.vim
5448types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005449 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005450 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
5451 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
5452
5453And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
5454
5455 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
5456 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') . '/types.vim'
5457 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
5458 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' . fname
5459 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
5460
5461==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100546217. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005463
5464Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
5465possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
5466private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
5467with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
5468highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
5469italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
5470
5471To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
5472windows on the buffer: >
5473 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005474< *w:current_syntax*
5475This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
5476"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
5477restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
5478"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
5479"w:current_syntax".
Bram Moolenaared32d942014-12-06 23:33:00 +01005480Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005481
5482Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005483on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02005484syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005485same buffer.
5486
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005487A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
5488is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
5489When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005490
5491==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100549218. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005493
5494Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
5495default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
5496 :if &term =~ "xterm"
5497 : if has("terminfo")
5498 : set t_Co=8
5499 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
5500 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
5501 : else
5502 : set t_Co=8
5503 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5504 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5505 : endif
5506 :endif
5507< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5508
5509You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
5510e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
5511
5512Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
5513be wrong.
5514 *xiterm* *rxvt*
5515The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
5516But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
5517 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
5518 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
5519<
5520 *colortest.vim*
5521To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00005522To use it, execute this command: >
5523 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005524
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005525Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005526output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
5527at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
5528colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
5529
5530 *xfree-xterm*
5531To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005532included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005533at: >
5534 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
5535Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
5536termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
5537supports. >
5538 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
5539If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
5540(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
5541
5542This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
5543 :if has("terminfo")
5544 : set t_Co=16
5545 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
5546 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
5547 :else
5548 : set t_Co=16
5549 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5550 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5551 :endif
5552< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5553
5554Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
5555translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
5556Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
5557
5558For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
5559
5560 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
5561 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
5562
5563Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
5564and try if that works.
5565
5566You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
5567 XTerm*color0: #000000
5568 XTerm*color1: #c00000
5569 XTerm*color2: #008000
5570 XTerm*color3: #808000
5571 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
5572 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
5573 XTerm*color6: #008080
5574 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
5575 XTerm*color8: #808080
5576 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
5577 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
5578 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
5579 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
5580 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
5581 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
5582 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
5583 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
5584
5585[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
5586cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005587newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005588
5589To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
5590Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
5591 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
5592<
5593 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
5594To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
5595Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
5596these resources:
5597 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
5598 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
5599 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
5600 XTerm*cursorColor: White
5601
5602 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005603These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005604foreground colors: >
5605 :if has("terminfo")
5606 : set t_Co=8
5607 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
5608 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5609 :else
5610 : set t_Co=8
5611 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
5612 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5613 :endif
5614< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5615
5616 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
5617These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
5618emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
5619bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
5620 :set t_Co=16
5621 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
5622 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
5623<
5624 *TTpro-telnet*
5625These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
5626open-source program for MS-Windows. >
5627 set t_Co=16
5628 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
5629 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
5630Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
5631that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
5632(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
5633
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005634
5635==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100563619. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005637
5638This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
5639
5640If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
5641faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
5642as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
5643
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02005644Note: this is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
5645You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
5646
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005647To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
5648sequence: >
5649 :syntime on
5650 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
5651 :syntime report
5652
5653This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
5654it took to match them against the text.
5655
5656:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
5657 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
5658 matching.
5659
5660:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
5661
5662:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
5663
5664:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
5665 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
5666 the output.
5667
5668 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
5669 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
5670 matching this pattern.
5671 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
5672 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
5673 matched
5674 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
5675 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
5676 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
5677 this is not unique.
5678 PATTERN The pattern being used.
5679
5680Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
5681include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
5682pattern does NOT match.
5683
5684When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
5685all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
5686literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
5687
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005688"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005689 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005690"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005691
5692
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02005693 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: